1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
43 #include <linux/types.h>
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
56 * DOC: Station handling
58 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
59 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
60 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
61 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
64 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
67 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
68 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
69 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
70 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
71 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
72 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
73 * time mark it authorized.
74 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
75 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
76 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
78 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
82 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
84 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
85 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
86 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
87 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
88 * for various reasons.
90 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
91 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
92 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
93 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
94 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
95 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
98 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
99 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
100 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
102 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
103 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
104 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
105 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
106 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
107 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
109 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
110 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
111 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
112 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
114 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
119 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
121 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
122 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
123 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
124 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
126 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
127 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
128 * types there no concurrency is implied.
130 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
131 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
132 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
133 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
134 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
135 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
136 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
138 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
139 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
140 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
141 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
142 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
143 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
144 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
145 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
147 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
148 * interfaces that a given device supports.
152 * DOC: packet coalesce support
154 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
155 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
156 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
157 * and power consumption.
159 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
160 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
161 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
162 * following events occur.
163 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
164 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
165 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
166 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
168 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
170 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
171 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
172 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
173 * Multiple such rules can be created.
177 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
179 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
180 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
181 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
182 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
183 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
184 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
185 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
187 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
188 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
189 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
190 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
191 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
192 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
194 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
195 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
200 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
202 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
203 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
204 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
205 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
206 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
207 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
208 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
211 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
212 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
213 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
214 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
215 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
216 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
218 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
219 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
220 * up a connection or after roaming.
221 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
222 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
224 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
225 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
226 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
229 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
230 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
231 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
232 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
233 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
234 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
238 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
240 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
241 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In
242 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using
243 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD.
247 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
249 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
251 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
252 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
253 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
254 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
255 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
256 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
257 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
258 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
259 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
260 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
261 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
262 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
263 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
264 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
265 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
266 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
268 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
269 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
270 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
271 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
272 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
273 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
274 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
275 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
276 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
277 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
278 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
279 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
280 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
281 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
282 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
284 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
285 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
286 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
287 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
288 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
289 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
290 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
291 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
292 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
294 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
295 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
296 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
297 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
298 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
299 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
300 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
301 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
302 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
303 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
304 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
305 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
306 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
307 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
308 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
309 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
310 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
311 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
312 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
313 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
315 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
316 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
317 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
319 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
320 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
321 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
322 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
323 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
324 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
325 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
326 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
329 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
330 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
331 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
333 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
334 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
335 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
337 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
339 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
340 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
341 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
342 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
343 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
345 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
347 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
348 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
349 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
350 * global regdomain will be returned.
351 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
352 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
353 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
354 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
355 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
356 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
357 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
358 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
359 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
360 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
361 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
362 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
363 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
364 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
365 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
366 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
367 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
368 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
369 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
370 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
371 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
372 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
374 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
375 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
377 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
378 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
380 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
381 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
382 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
383 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
384 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
385 * added to all specified management frames generated by
386 * kernel/firmware/driver.
387 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
388 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
389 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
390 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
391 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
392 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
394 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
395 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
396 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
397 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
398 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
400 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
401 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
402 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
403 * partial scan results may be available
405 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
406 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
407 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
408 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
409 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
410 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
411 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
412 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
413 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
414 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
415 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
416 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
417 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
418 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
419 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
420 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
421 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
422 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
423 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
424 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
425 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
426 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
427 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
428 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
429 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
430 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
431 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
433 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
434 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
435 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
436 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
437 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
438 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
439 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
441 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
443 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
444 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
446 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
447 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
448 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
449 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
450 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
451 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
452 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
454 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
455 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
456 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
458 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
460 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
461 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
462 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
463 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
464 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
465 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
466 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
467 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
468 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
469 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
470 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
471 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
472 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
473 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
474 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
475 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
476 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
477 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
478 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
479 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
480 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
481 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
482 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
483 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
484 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
485 * the beacon hint was processed.
487 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
488 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
489 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
490 * authentication process.
491 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
492 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
493 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
494 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
495 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
496 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
497 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
498 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
499 * to be added to the frame.
500 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
501 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
502 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
503 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
504 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
505 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
506 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
507 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
508 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
509 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
510 * pending authentication timed out).
511 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
512 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
513 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
514 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
515 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
516 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
517 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
519 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
520 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
521 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
523 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
524 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
525 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
527 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
528 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
529 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
530 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
531 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
532 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
533 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
535 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
536 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
537 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
538 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
539 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
540 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
541 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
542 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
543 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
544 * determined by the network interface.
546 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
547 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
550 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
551 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
552 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
553 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
554 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
555 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
556 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
557 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
558 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
559 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
560 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
561 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
562 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
563 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
564 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
565 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
566 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
567 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
568 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
569 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
570 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
571 * a different BSS is desired.
572 * Background scan period can optionally be
573 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
574 * if not specified default background scan configuration
575 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
576 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
577 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
578 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
579 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
580 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
581 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
582 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
583 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
584 * well to remain backwards compatible.
585 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
586 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
587 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
588 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
589 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
590 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
591 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
592 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
593 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
594 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
595 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
596 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
598 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
599 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
601 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
602 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
603 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
604 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
605 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
606 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
607 * frequency for the operation.
608 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
609 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
610 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
611 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
613 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
614 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
615 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
616 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
617 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
618 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
619 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
620 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
621 * uniquely identify the request.
622 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
623 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
625 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
626 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
627 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
629 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
630 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
631 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
632 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
633 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
634 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
635 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
636 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
637 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
638 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
639 * backward compatibility
640 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
641 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
642 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
643 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
644 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
645 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
646 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
647 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
648 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
649 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
650 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
651 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
652 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
653 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
654 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
655 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
656 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
657 * is used during CSA period.
658 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
659 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
660 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
661 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
662 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
663 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
664 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
665 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
667 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
668 * backward compatibility.
670 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
671 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
673 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
674 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
676 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
677 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
679 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
680 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
681 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
682 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
683 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
684 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
685 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
686 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
687 * precedence when they are used.
689 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
691 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
692 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
693 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
694 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
695 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
696 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
697 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
698 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
699 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
700 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
701 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
702 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
703 * command, the feature is disabled.
705 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
706 * mesh config parameters may be given.
707 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
708 * network is determined by the network interface.
710 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
711 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
712 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
713 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
714 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
715 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
717 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
718 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
719 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
720 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
721 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
722 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
723 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
724 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
725 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
726 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
727 * depending on the authentication result.
729 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
730 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
731 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
732 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
733 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
734 * more background information, see
735 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
736 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
737 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
738 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
739 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
740 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
741 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
743 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
744 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
745 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
746 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
747 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
748 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
749 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
751 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
752 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
754 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
755 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
756 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
757 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
758 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
759 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
760 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
761 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
762 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
763 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
764 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
765 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
766 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
767 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
768 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
770 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
771 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
772 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
773 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
775 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
776 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
777 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
778 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
779 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
781 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
782 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
783 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
784 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
786 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
787 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
788 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
789 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
790 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
791 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
792 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
794 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
795 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
796 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
797 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
799 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
800 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
802 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
803 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
804 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
805 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
806 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
807 * from the remote AP) is completed;
809 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
810 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
811 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
812 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
813 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
814 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
815 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
816 * interfaces to change channel as well.
818 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
819 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
820 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
821 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
822 * public action frame TX.
823 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
824 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
826 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
827 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
828 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
831 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
832 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
834 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
835 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
836 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
837 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
838 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
839 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
840 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
841 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
842 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
844 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
845 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
846 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
847 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
848 * while operating on this channel.
849 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
852 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
853 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
854 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
856 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
857 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
859 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
860 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
861 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
862 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
864 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
865 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
868 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
869 * return back to normal.
871 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
872 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
874 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
875 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
876 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
877 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
878 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
879 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
880 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
881 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
882 * switch is complete.
884 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
885 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
886 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
887 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
888 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
889 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
890 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
891 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
893 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
894 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
895 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
896 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
897 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
899 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
900 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
901 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
902 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
903 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
904 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
905 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
906 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
907 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
908 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
909 * fail even if the check was successful.
910 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
911 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
912 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
913 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
915 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
916 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
917 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
919 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
920 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
921 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
922 * network is determined by the network interface.
924 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
925 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
926 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
927 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
928 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
929 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
930 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
932 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
933 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
934 * when this command completes.
936 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
937 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
940 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
941 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
942 * cfg80211_scan_done().
944 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
945 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
946 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
947 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
948 * cluster. This command must have a valid
949 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
950 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
951 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
952 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
954 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
955 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
956 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
957 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
958 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
959 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
960 * of the function upon success.
961 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
962 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
963 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
964 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
965 * which just terminated.
966 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
967 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
968 * the response to this command.
969 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
970 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
971 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
972 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
973 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
974 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
975 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
976 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
977 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
978 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
979 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
980 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
981 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
982 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
983 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
984 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
986 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
987 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
988 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
989 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
990 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
992 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
993 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
994 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
995 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
996 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
997 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
999 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
1000 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
1001 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
1002 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
1003 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
1004 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
1006 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1007 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1008 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1009 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1010 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1012 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1013 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1014 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1015 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1017 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1019 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1020 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1021 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1022 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1023 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1024 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1026 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1027 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1028 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1029 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1030 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1031 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1032 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1033 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1034 * command interface.
1036 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1037 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1038 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1040 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1041 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1042 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1043 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1045 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1046 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1048 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1049 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1050 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1051 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1052 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1053 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1054 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in
1055 * the netlink extended ack message.
1057 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1059 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1060 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1061 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1064 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1065 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1066 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1067 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1068 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1069 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1070 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1072 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1073 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1074 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1075 * determining the width and type.
1077 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1078 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1079 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1080 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1082 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1083 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1084 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1085 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1086 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1087 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1088 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1089 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1090 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1093 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1094 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1095 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1097 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1098 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1100 enum nl80211_commands {
1101 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1104 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1105 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1106 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1107 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1109 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1110 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1111 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1112 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1114 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1115 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1116 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1117 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1119 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1120 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1121 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1122 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1123 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1124 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1126 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1127 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1128 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1129 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1131 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1132 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1133 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1134 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1136 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1138 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1139 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1141 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1142 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1144 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1146 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1148 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1149 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1150 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1151 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1153 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1155 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1156 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1157 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1158 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1160 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1162 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1164 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1165 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1167 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1169 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1171 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1173 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1175 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1176 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1178 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1179 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1180 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1182 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1183 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1185 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1187 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1188 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1190 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1191 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1192 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1194 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1195 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1197 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1198 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1200 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1201 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1203 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1205 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1206 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1208 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1209 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1211 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1213 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1214 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1216 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1217 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1218 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1219 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1221 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1223 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1225 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1226 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1228 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1230 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1232 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1234 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1236 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1238 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1240 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1241 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1243 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1245 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1247 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1249 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1251 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1253 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1254 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1256 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1257 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1259 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1260 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1262 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1266 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1268 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1269 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1271 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1273 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1274 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1276 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1278 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1279 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1281 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1283 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1285 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1286 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1287 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1288 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1289 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1290 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1292 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1294 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1296 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1297 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1299 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1301 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1303 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1305 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1307 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1309 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1311 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1312 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1313 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1315 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1317 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1319 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1321 /* add new commands above here */
1323 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1324 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1325 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1329 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1332 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1333 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1334 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1335 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1336 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1337 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1338 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1339 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1341 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1343 /* source-level API compatibility */
1344 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1345 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1346 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1349 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1353 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1354 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1355 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1356 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1358 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1360 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1361 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1362 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1363 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1364 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1365 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1366 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1368 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1369 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1370 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1371 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1373 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1374 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1375 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1376 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1378 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1379 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1380 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1381 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1382 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1384 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1385 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1387 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1388 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1390 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1392 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1394 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1397 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1402 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1404 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1406 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1407 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1408 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1409 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1411 * default management key
1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1413 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1415 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1418 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1424 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1426 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1428 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1429 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1431 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1433 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1434 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1437 * consisting of a nested array.
1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1441 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1444 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1445 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1448 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1451 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1452 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1453 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1454 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1455 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1456 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1457 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1458 * to a specific alpha2.
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1468 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1469 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1472 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1475 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1476 * of the interface mode.
1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1479 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1482 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1485 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1487 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1489 * that can be added to a scan request
1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1491 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1493 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1497 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1501 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1503 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1506 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1507 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1510 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1511 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1514 * represented as a u32
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1516 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1522 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1523 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1524 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1525 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1527 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1528 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1529 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1530 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1535 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1536 * for other networks on different channels
1538 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1539 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1542 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1543 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1544 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1545 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1546 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1547 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1548 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1551 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1554 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1555 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1556 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1557 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1558 * default in station mode.
1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1560 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1561 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1562 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1563 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1564 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1566 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1567 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1569 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1570 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1571 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1572 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1573 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1574 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1575 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1579 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1582 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1583 * a local disconnect request.
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1587 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1588 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1591 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1592 * (an array of u32).
1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1594 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1597 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1598 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1600 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1601 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1602 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1603 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1604 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1605 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1606 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1609 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1611 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1614 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1615 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1616 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1617 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1620 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1622 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1623 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1628 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1629 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1630 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1631 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1632 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1633 * completely from scratch.
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1638 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1639 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1643 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1647 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1648 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1653 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1654 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1655 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1656 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1657 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1658 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1659 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1660 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1661 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1662 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1663 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1666 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1668 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1670 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1671 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1672 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1674 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1675 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1678 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1683 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1686 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1687 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1688 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1689 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1692 * connected to this BSS.
1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1695 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1697 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1698 * for non-automatic settings.
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1701 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1704 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1705 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1706 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1708 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1709 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1710 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1711 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1712 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1713 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1714 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1715 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1716 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1717 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1720 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1721 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1722 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1723 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1726 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1729 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1734 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1735 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1736 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1737 * nl80211 capability flag.
1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1742 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1743 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1746 * changed once the mesh is active.
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1748 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1750 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1751 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1753 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1754 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1755 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1758 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1760 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1761 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1767 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1768 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1769 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1770 * pass-thru filter rules.
1771 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1772 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1773 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1774 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1775 * able to ignore them by itself.
1776 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1777 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1778 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1779 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1780 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1781 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1782 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1783 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1786 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1787 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1789 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1790 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1791 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1794 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1797 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1798 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1799 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1802 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1803 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1806 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1807 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1808 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1810 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1811 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1812 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1813 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1816 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1821 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1824 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1827 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1828 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1829 * applications use this attribute.
1830 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1831 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1834 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1835 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1837 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1839 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1841 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1843 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1844 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1845 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1848 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1849 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1850 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1853 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1854 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1855 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1858 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1860 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1861 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1862 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1865 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1866 * to be filled by the FW.
1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1868 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1870 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1871 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1872 * The values that may be configured are:
1873 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1874 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1875 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1876 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1877 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1880 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1881 * to one DFS region.
1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1887 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1888 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1889 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1890 * capability to timeout the stations.
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1893 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1894 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1897 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1900 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1901 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1902 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1903 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1906 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1907 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1909 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1910 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1911 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1912 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1913 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1914 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1915 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1916 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1917 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1921 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1926 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1928 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1929 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1930 * no change is made.
1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1933 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1936 * carried in a u32 attribute
1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1942 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1946 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1949 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1950 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1952 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1955 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1958 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1962 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1965 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1966 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1973 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1974 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1976 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1979 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1980 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1981 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1986 * until the channel switch event.
1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1988 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1991 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1993 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1995 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1998 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2003 * supported operating classes.
2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2006 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2007 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2008 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2009 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2013 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2015 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2018 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2019 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2020 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2024 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2027 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2029 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2032 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2033 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2039 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2040 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2041 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2042 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2043 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2046 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2048 * supported number of csa counters.
2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2051 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2054 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2055 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2056 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2057 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2058 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2059 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2060 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2061 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2062 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2063 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2064 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2065 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2066 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2068 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2069 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2070 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2071 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2072 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2073 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2074 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2075 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2078 * the TDLS link initiator.
2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2081 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2082 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2083 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2084 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2085 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2086 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2087 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2088 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2089 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2090 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2091 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2094 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2095 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2096 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2097 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2102 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2105 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2112 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2113 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2114 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2117 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2118 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2119 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2120 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2121 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2124 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2125 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2126 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2127 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2128 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2129 * over all channels.
2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2132 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2133 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2134 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2137 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2140 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2142 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2144 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2146 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2147 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2148 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2149 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2150 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2152 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2153 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2154 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2155 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2156 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2157 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2158 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2159 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2160 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2163 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2168 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2169 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2173 * groupID for monitor mode.
2174 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2175 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2176 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2177 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2178 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2180 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2181 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2182 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2183 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2185 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2187 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2188 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2189 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2192 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2193 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2194 * attribute must not be included).
2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2196 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2198 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2199 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2200 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2201 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2203 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2204 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2205 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2208 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2211 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2212 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2213 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2214 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2216 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2217 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2218 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2219 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2220 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2221 * the device will decide what to use.
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2223 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2226 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2230 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2231 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2234 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2237 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2239 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2240 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2241 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2242 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2243 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2244 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2245 * unnecessary wakeups.
2247 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2248 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2249 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2250 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2251 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2254 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2255 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2258 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2259 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2262 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2263 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2266 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2267 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2269 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2270 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2271 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2272 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2273 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2276 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2277 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2280 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2281 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2282 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2283 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2284 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2287 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2289 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2292 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2293 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2298 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2299 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2300 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2302 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2303 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2304 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2305 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2307 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2308 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2311 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2313 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
2315 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2318 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2320 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2321 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2323 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2324 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2325 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2326 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2329 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2331 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2332 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2336 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2337 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2338 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2339 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2344 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2345 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2347 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2348 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2349 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2350 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2354 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2355 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2357 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2359 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2361 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2363 enum nl80211_attrs {
2364 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2365 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2368 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2370 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2371 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2372 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2376 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2377 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2378 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2379 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2380 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2382 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2383 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2384 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2385 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2387 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2388 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2389 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2390 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2391 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2392 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2394 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2396 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2398 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2399 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2400 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2401 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2403 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2404 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2405 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2407 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2409 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2411 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2412 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2414 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2416 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2418 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2419 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2420 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2422 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2424 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2427 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2429 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2430 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2431 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2434 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2435 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2437 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2441 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2442 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2444 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2446 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2447 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2449 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2450 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2452 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2455 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2456 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2457 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2458 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2460 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2462 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2464 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2466 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2468 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2470 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2472 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2473 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2475 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2476 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2477 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2478 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2480 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2481 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2483 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2492 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2495 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2497 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2499 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2501 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2503 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2505 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2509 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2513 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2515 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2517 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2518 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2520 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2521 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2522 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2524 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2525 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2527 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2529 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2530 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2532 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2534 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2536 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2538 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2540 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2542 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2544 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2545 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2547 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2548 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2550 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2551 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2553 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2555 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2556 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2558 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2560 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2561 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2563 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2565 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2567 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2568 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2570 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2571 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2573 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2575 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2576 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2578 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2580 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2582 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2583 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2584 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2585 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2586 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2588 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2590 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2592 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2594 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2596 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2598 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2600 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2601 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2603 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2605 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2607 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2609 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2613 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2615 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2617 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2619 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2621 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2623 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2624 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2625 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2627 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2628 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2630 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2632 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2634 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2636 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2638 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2640 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2641 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2643 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2644 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2646 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2647 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2649 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2650 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2653 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2655 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2656 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2658 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2660 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2662 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2663 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2664 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2665 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2666 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2668 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2670 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2672 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2674 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2676 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2677 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2679 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2681 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2682 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2683 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2684 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2686 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2688 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2689 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2691 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2693 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2695 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2697 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2698 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2700 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2702 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2704 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2707 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2708 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2710 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2712 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2714 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2716 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2718 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2720 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2722 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2724 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2726 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2728 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2729 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2730 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2731 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2735 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2737 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2741 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2743 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2744 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2746 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2747 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2748 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2749 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2751 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2753 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2755 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2756 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2758 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2759 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2761 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2765 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2766 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2768 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2770 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2771 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2772 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2773 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2774 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2778 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2779 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2781 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2782 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2783 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2785 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2786 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2789 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2791 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2793 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2794 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2795 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2796 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2798 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2800 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2802 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2804 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2806 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
2808 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
2809 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2810 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
2812 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
2814 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
2816 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2818 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2819 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2820 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2823 /* source-level API compatibility */
2824 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2825 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2826 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2827 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2830 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2833 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2834 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2835 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2836 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2837 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2838 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2839 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2840 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2841 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2842 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2843 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2844 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2845 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2846 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2847 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2848 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2849 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2850 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2851 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2852 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2853 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2855 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
2857 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2858 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
2859 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
2860 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2861 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2862 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2863 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2864 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2865 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
2866 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
2867 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2868 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2870 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2872 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2873 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2875 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2878 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2880 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2881 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2882 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2883 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2884 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2885 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2886 * AP type interface.
2887 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2888 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2889 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2890 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2891 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2892 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2893 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2894 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2895 * commands to create and destroy one
2896 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2897 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2898 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2899 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2900 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2902 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2903 * to set the type of an interface.
2906 enum nl80211_iftype {
2907 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2908 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2909 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2911 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2913 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2914 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2915 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2916 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2917 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2922 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2923 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2927 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2929 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2930 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2932 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2933 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2934 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2935 * with short barker preamble
2936 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2937 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2938 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2939 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2940 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2941 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2942 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2944 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2945 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2946 * previously added station into associated state
2947 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2948 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2950 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2951 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2952 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2953 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2954 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2955 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2956 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2957 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2958 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2961 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2962 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2966 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2968 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2969 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2970 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2972 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2973 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2974 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2976 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2979 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2982 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2983 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2984 * @set: which values to set them to
2986 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2988 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2991 } __attribute__((packed));
2994 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
2995 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
2996 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
2997 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
2999 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3000 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3001 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3002 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3006 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3007 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3008 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3009 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3010 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3011 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3012 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3013 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3015 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3016 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3017 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3018 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3019 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3020 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3021 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3022 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3026 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3028 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3029 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3030 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3031 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3032 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3033 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3034 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3035 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3036 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3038 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3039 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3040 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3041 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3042 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3043 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3044 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3045 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3046 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3047 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3048 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3049 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3050 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3051 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3052 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3053 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3054 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3055 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3056 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3057 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3058 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3059 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3060 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3061 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3062 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3063 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3064 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3066 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3067 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3068 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3069 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3070 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3071 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3072 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3073 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3074 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3075 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3076 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3077 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3078 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3079 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3080 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3081 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3082 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3083 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3084 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3087 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3088 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3092 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3094 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3095 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3097 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3098 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3099 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3101 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3103 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3104 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3105 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3106 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3108 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3109 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3110 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3111 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3112 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3113 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3114 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3117 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3118 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3122 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3124 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3125 * when getting information about a station.
3127 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3128 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3129 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3130 * (u32, from this station)
3131 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3132 * (u32, to this station)
3133 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3134 * (u64, from this station)
3135 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3136 * (u64, to this station)
3137 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3138 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3139 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3140 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3141 * (u32, from this station)
3142 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3143 * (u32, to this station)
3144 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3145 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3146 * (u32, to this station)
3147 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3148 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3149 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3150 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3151 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3152 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3153 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3154 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3155 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3156 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3157 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3158 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3159 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3160 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3161 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3162 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3164 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3165 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3166 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3167 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3168 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3169 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3170 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3172 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3173 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3174 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3175 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3176 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3177 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3178 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3179 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3180 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3181 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3182 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3183 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3184 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3185 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3186 * (u32, from this station)
3187 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3188 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3189 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3190 * might not be fully accurate.
3191 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3192 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3193 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3194 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3195 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3196 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3197 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3198 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3200 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3201 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3202 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3203 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3204 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3205 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3206 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3207 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3208 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3209 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3210 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3211 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3212 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3213 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3214 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3215 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3216 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3217 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3218 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3219 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3220 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3221 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3222 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3223 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3224 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3225 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3226 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3227 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3228 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3229 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3230 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3231 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3232 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3233 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3234 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3235 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3236 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3237 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3238 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3239 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3240 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3241 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3242 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3245 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3246 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3249 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3250 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3254 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3255 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3256 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3257 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3258 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3259 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3260 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3261 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3263 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3264 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3265 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3266 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3268 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3269 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3270 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3271 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3272 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3273 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3274 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3275 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3278 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3279 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3283 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3284 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3285 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3286 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3287 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3289 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3290 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3291 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3292 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3293 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3294 * (only for per-phy stats)
3295 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3296 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3297 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3298 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3299 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3301 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3302 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3303 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3304 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3305 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3306 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3307 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3308 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3309 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3310 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3311 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3312 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3313 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3316 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3317 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3321 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3323 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3324 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3325 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3326 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3327 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3329 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3330 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3331 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3332 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3333 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3334 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3338 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3340 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3341 * information about a mesh path.
3343 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3344 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3345 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3346 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3347 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3348 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3349 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3350 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3351 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3352 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3353 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3354 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3356 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3358 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3359 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3360 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3361 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3362 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3363 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3364 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3365 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3366 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3367 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3368 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3371 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3372 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3376 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3378 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3379 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3380 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3381 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3383 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3385 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3387 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3388 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3389 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3391 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3393 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3394 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3396 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3397 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3398 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3399 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3400 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3403 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3404 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3408 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3409 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3410 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3411 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3412 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3413 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3414 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3415 * defined in 802.11n
3416 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3417 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3418 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3419 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3420 * defined in 802.11ac
3421 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3422 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3423 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3424 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3425 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3427 enum nl80211_band_attr {
3428 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3429 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3430 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3432 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3433 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3434 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3435 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3437 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3438 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3439 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3442 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3443 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3446 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3449 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3451 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3452 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3453 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3454 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3455 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3456 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3457 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3459 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3460 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3461 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3462 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3467 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3468 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3472 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3473 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3474 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3475 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3476 * regulatory domain.
3477 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3478 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3479 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3480 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3481 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3482 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3484 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3485 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3486 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3487 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3488 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3489 * channel as the control channel
3490 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3491 * channel as the control channel
3492 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3493 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3494 * this includes 80+80 channels
3495 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3496 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3498 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3499 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3500 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3501 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3502 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3503 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3504 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3505 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3506 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3507 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3508 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3509 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3510 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3511 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3512 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3513 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3514 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3515 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3516 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3517 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3518 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3519 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3520 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3521 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3522 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3523 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3525 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3527 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3528 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3529 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3530 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3532 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3533 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3534 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3535 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3536 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3537 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3538 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3539 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3540 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3541 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3542 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3543 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3544 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3545 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3546 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3547 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3548 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3549 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3550 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3551 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3554 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3555 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3558 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3559 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3560 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3561 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3562 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3563 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3566 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3567 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3568 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3569 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3571 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3573 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3575 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3576 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3577 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3578 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3581 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3582 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3586 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3587 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3588 * regulatory domain.
3589 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3590 * regulatory domain.
3591 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3592 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3593 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3594 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3595 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3596 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3597 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3598 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3599 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3601 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3602 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3603 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3604 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3605 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3609 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3610 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3611 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3612 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3613 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3615 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3616 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3617 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3618 * them to be applied.
3619 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3620 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3621 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3622 * domain request to be processed.
3624 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3625 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3626 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3627 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3628 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3632 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3633 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3634 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3635 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3636 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3637 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3638 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3640 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3641 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3643 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3644 * frequency range, in KHz.
3645 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3646 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3647 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3648 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3649 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3650 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3651 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3652 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3654 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3656 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3657 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3658 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3660 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3661 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3662 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3664 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3665 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3667 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3670 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3671 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3675 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3676 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3677 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3678 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3679 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3680 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3681 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3682 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3683 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3684 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3685 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3686 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3687 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3688 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3689 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3690 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3691 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3692 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3693 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3694 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3695 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3696 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3697 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3698 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3699 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3700 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
3701 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
3702 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
3703 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
3704 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
3705 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3706 * attribute number currently defined
3707 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3709 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3710 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3712 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3713 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3714 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3715 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3716 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3717 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
3720 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3721 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3722 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3725 /* only for backward compatibility */
3726 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3729 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3731 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3732 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3733 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3734 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3735 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3736 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3737 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3738 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3739 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3741 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3742 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3743 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3744 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3745 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3746 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3747 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3748 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3750 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3751 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3752 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3753 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3754 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3755 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3756 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3757 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3758 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3759 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3760 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3761 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3762 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3763 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3764 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3765 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3768 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3769 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3770 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3771 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3772 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3773 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3775 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3776 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3779 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3781 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3782 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3783 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3784 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3786 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3787 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3788 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3789 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3794 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3796 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3797 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3798 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3799 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3800 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3801 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3802 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3803 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3804 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3805 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3806 * supported feature.
3807 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3808 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3810 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3811 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3812 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3813 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
3817 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3819 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3820 * when getting information about a survey.
3822 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3823 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3824 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3825 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3826 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3827 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3828 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3829 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3830 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3831 * channel was sensed busy
3832 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3833 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3834 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3835 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3836 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3837 * (on this channel or globally)
3838 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3839 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3841 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3843 enum nl80211_survey_info {
3844 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3845 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3846 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3847 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3848 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3849 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3850 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3851 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3852 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3853 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3854 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3857 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3858 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3861 /* keep old names for compatibility */
3862 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3863 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3864 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3865 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3866 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3869 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3871 * Monitor configuration flags.
3873 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3875 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3876 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3877 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3878 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3879 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3880 * overrides all other flags.
3881 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3882 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3884 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3885 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3887 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3888 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3889 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3890 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3891 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3892 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3893 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3894 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3897 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3898 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3902 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3904 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3905 * not known or has not been set yet.
3906 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3907 * in Awake state all the time.
3908 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3909 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3910 * neighbor's beacons.
3911 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3912 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3913 * for neighbor's beacons.
3915 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3916 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3919 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3920 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3921 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3922 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3923 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3925 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3926 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3930 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3932 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3935 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3937 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3938 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3940 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3941 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3943 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3946 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3947 * on this mesh interface
3949 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3950 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3953 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3956 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3957 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3958 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3961 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3962 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3965 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3968 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3969 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3971 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3972 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3973 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3975 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3976 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3979 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3980 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3983 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3985 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3986 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
3988 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3989 * root announcements are transmitted.
3991 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3992 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3993 * Announcement frames.
3995 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3996 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3999 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4000 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4002 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4003 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4006 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4007 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4010 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4012 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4014 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4015 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4016 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4018 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4019 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4021 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4022 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4023 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4025 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4026 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4028 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4030 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4031 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4032 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4033 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4035 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4036 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4037 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4038 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4040 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4042 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4043 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4044 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4045 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4046 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4047 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4048 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4049 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4050 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4051 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4052 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4053 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4054 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4055 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4056 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4057 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4058 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4059 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4060 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4061 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4062 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4063 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4064 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4065 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4066 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4067 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4068 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4069 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4070 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4071 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4072 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4075 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4076 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4080 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4082 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4083 * changed while the mesh is active.
4085 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4087 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4088 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4091 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4092 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4095 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4096 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4097 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4100 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4101 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4103 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4104 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4105 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4106 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4107 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4108 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4109 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4110 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4113 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4114 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4115 * neighbor offset synchronization
4117 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4118 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4120 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4121 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4122 * Default is no authentication method required.
4124 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4126 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4128 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4129 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4130 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4131 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4132 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4133 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4134 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4135 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4136 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4137 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4140 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4141 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4145 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4146 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4147 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4148 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4150 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4151 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4152 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4153 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4154 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4155 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4156 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4158 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4159 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4160 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4161 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4162 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4163 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4164 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4167 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4168 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4179 /* backward compat */
4180 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4181 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4182 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4183 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4184 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4187 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4188 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4189 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4190 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4191 * below the control channel
4192 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4193 * above the control channel
4195 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4198 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4199 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4203 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4205 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4206 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4208 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4209 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4211 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4212 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4213 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4214 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4215 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4217 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4224 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4226 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4229 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4230 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4231 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4232 * attribute must be provided as well
4233 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4234 * attribute must be provided as well
4235 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4236 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4237 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4238 * attribute must be provided as well
4239 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4240 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4242 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4243 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4244 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4245 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4246 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4247 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4248 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4249 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4250 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4254 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4256 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4258 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4259 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4260 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4262 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4263 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4264 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4265 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4269 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4271 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4272 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4273 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4274 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4275 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4276 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4277 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4278 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4279 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4280 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4281 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4282 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4283 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4284 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4285 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4286 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4287 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4288 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4289 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4290 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4291 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4292 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4293 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4294 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4295 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4296 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4298 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4299 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4300 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4301 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4302 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4303 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4304 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4305 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4306 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4307 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4308 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4309 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4310 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4311 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4312 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4314 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4315 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4316 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4317 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4318 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4321 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4323 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4325 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4326 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4327 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4328 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4329 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4331 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4332 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4333 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4334 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4335 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4336 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4338 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4339 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4340 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4343 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4344 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4348 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4349 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4350 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4351 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4353 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4354 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4356 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4357 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4359 enum nl80211_bss_status {
4360 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4361 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4362 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4366 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4368 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4369 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4370 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4371 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4372 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4373 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4374 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4375 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4376 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4377 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4378 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4379 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4380 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4382 enum nl80211_auth_type {
4383 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4384 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4385 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4386 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4387 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4388 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4389 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4390 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4393 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4394 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4395 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4399 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4400 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4401 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4402 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4403 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4405 enum nl80211_key_type {
4406 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4407 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4408 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4410 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4414 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4415 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4416 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4417 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4421 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4422 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4425 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4426 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4427 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4428 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4432 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4433 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4434 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4436 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4438 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4440 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4441 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4442 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4443 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4445 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4449 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4450 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4451 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4452 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4454 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4455 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4456 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4457 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4458 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4459 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4460 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4461 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4462 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4463 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4464 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4465 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4466 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4467 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4468 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4470 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4471 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4473 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4474 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4479 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4480 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4482 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4486 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4487 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4491 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4492 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4493 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4494 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4495 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4496 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4497 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4498 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4499 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4500 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4501 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4502 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4503 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4505 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4506 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4507 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4513 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4514 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4517 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4518 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4521 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4522 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4524 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4525 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4528 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4529 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4530 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4531 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4535 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4536 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4537 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4538 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4539 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4540 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4551 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4552 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4553 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4555 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4556 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4561 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4562 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4563 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4564 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4565 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4566 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4567 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4568 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4569 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4570 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4571 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4572 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4573 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4574 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4575 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4576 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4577 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4578 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4579 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4580 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4582 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4583 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4584 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4585 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4586 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4588 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4589 * RSSI threshold event.
4590 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4591 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4593 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4594 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4595 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4596 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4597 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4598 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4599 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4600 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4601 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4602 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4603 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4606 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4607 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4611 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4612 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4613 * configured threshold
4614 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4615 * configured threshold
4616 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4618 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4619 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4620 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4621 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4626 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4627 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4628 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4629 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4631 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4632 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4633 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4634 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4638 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4639 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4640 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4641 * a zero bit are ignored
4642 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4643 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4644 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4645 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4646 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4647 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4648 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4649 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4650 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4651 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4652 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4653 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4654 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4655 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4656 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4658 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4659 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4660 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4661 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4662 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4665 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4669 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4670 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4671 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4672 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4673 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4675 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4676 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4677 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4678 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4679 * by the kernel to userspace.
4681 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4683 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4684 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4685 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4686 } __attribute__((packed));
4688 /* only for backward compatibility */
4689 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4690 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4691 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4692 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4693 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4694 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4695 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4698 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4699 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4700 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4701 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4702 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
4703 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4704 * any others are even supported by the device.
4705 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4706 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4707 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4708 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4709 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4710 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4711 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4712 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4713 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4714 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4715 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4717 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4718 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4720 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4721 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4722 * to the kernel when configuring.
4723 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4724 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4725 * by the device (flag)
4726 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4727 * done by the device) (flag)
4728 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4730 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4731 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4732 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4733 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4734 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4735 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4736 * attribute contains the original length.
4737 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4738 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4739 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4740 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4741 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4742 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4743 * contains the original length.
4744 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4745 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4746 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4747 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4748 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4749 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4750 * the TCP connection.
4751 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4752 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4753 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4754 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4755 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4756 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4758 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4759 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4760 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4761 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4762 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4763 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4764 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4765 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4766 * supported by the driver (u32).
4767 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4768 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4769 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4770 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4771 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4773 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4774 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4775 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4776 * these attributes must be present. If
4777 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4778 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4780 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4781 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4783 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4784 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4786 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4787 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4788 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4789 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4790 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4791 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4792 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4793 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4794 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4795 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4796 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4797 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4798 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4799 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4800 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4801 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4802 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4803 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4804 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4805 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4806 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4809 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4810 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4814 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4816 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4817 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4818 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4819 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4820 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4821 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4822 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4823 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4824 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4826 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4827 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4828 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4829 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4832 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4833 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4837 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4838 * @start: starting value
4839 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4840 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4842 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4843 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4846 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4847 __u32 start, offset, len;
4851 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4852 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4853 * @len: length of each token
4854 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4855 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4857 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4859 __u8 token_stream[];
4863 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4864 * @min_len: minimum token length
4865 * @max_len: maximum token length
4866 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4868 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4869 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4873 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4874 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4875 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4876 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4877 * (in network byte order)
4878 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4879 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4880 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4881 * might require ARP querying.
4882 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4883 * socket and port will be allocated
4884 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4885 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4886 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4887 * of the data payload.
4888 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4889 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4890 * advertising it is just a flag
4891 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4892 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4893 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4894 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4895 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4896 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4897 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4898 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4899 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4900 * but on the TCP payload only.
4901 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4902 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4904 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4905 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4906 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4907 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4908 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4909 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4910 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4911 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4912 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4913 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4914 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4915 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4916 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4919 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4920 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4924 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4925 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4926 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4927 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4929 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4930 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4932 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4934 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4936 } __attribute__((packed));
4939 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4940 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4941 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4942 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4943 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4944 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4945 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4946 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4947 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4949 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4950 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4951 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4952 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4953 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4956 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4957 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4961 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4962 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4963 * in a rule are matched.
4964 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4965 * in a rule are not matched.
4967 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4968 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4969 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4973 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4974 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4975 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4976 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4977 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4978 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4979 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4980 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4982 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4983 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4984 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4985 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4988 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4989 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4993 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4995 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4996 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4997 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4998 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4999 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5000 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5001 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5002 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5003 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5004 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5005 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5006 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5007 * different channels may be used within this group.
5008 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5009 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5010 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5011 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5012 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5013 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5014 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5015 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5016 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5019 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5020 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5022 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5023 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5025 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5026 * => allows two STAs on different channels
5028 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5029 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5031 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5032 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5033 * that any of these groups must match.
5035 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5036 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5037 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5038 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5039 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5041 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5042 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5043 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5044 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5045 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5046 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5047 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5048 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5049 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5052 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5053 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5058 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5060 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5061 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5062 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5064 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5065 * from this mesh peer
5066 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5067 * received from this mesh peer
5068 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5069 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5070 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5071 * plink are discarded
5072 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5073 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5075 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5076 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5077 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5078 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5079 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5080 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5081 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5082 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5085 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5086 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5090 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5092 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5093 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5094 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5095 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5097 enum plink_actions {
5098 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5099 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5100 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5102 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5106 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5107 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5108 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5111 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5112 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5113 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5114 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5115 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5116 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5117 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5119 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5120 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5121 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5122 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5123 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5126 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5127 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5131 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5132 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5134 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5136 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5137 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5139 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5140 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5141 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5142 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5146 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5147 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5148 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5149 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5150 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5151 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5152 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5153 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5155 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5156 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5157 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5158 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5161 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5162 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5166 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5167 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5168 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5170 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5171 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5172 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5174 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5177 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5178 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5179 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5180 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5181 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5184 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5185 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5189 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5190 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5191 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5192 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5193 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5194 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5196 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5197 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5199 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5200 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5201 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5205 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5206 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5207 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5208 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5213 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5214 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5215 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5217 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5218 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5219 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5220 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5221 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5222 * cellular base stations.
5223 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5224 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5225 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5226 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5228 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5229 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5230 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5231 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5232 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5233 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5234 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5235 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5237 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5239 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5240 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5241 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5242 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5243 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5244 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5245 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5246 * states using station flags.
5247 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5248 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5249 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5250 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5251 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5252 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5253 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5254 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5255 * still generated by the driver.
5256 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5257 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5258 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5259 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5260 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5261 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5262 * lifetime of a BSS.
5263 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5264 * Set IE to probe requests.
5265 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5266 * to probe requests.
5267 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5268 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5269 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5270 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5271 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5272 * Measurement Report action frame.
5273 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5274 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5276 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5277 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5278 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5279 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5280 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5281 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5282 * rts/cts handshake.
5283 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5284 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5285 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5286 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5287 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5288 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5289 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5290 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5291 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5292 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5293 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5294 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5295 * address mask/value will be used.
5296 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5297 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5298 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5299 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5300 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5301 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5302 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5303 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5305 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5306 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5307 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5308 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5309 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5310 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5311 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5312 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5313 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5314 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5315 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5316 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5317 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5318 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5319 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5320 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5321 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5322 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5323 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5324 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5325 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5326 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5327 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5328 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5329 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5330 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5331 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5332 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5333 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5334 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5335 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5336 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5337 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
5341 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5342 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5343 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5344 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5345 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5346 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5347 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5348 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5349 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5350 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5351 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5352 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5353 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5354 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5355 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5356 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5358 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5359 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5360 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5362 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5363 * channel dwell time.
5364 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5365 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5366 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5367 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5368 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5369 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5370 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5371 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5372 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5373 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5374 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5375 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5376 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5377 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5378 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5379 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5380 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5381 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5382 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5383 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5384 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5385 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5386 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5387 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5388 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5389 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5391 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5392 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5393 * actual dwell time.
5394 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5396 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5397 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5398 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5399 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5400 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5401 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5402 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5403 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5404 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5405 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5406 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5407 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5408 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5409 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5410 * "radar detected" event.
5411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5412 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5413 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5414 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5415 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5417 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5418 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5419 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5420 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5421 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5422 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5423 * timing measurement responder role.
5425 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5426 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5427 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5428 * freeze the connection.
5429 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5430 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5432 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5433 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5436 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5437 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5440 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5442 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5445 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5446 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5448 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5449 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5451 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5452 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5453 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5454 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5455 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5456 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5457 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5458 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5459 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5460 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5461 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5462 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5463 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5464 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5465 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5466 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5467 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5468 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5469 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5470 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5471 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5472 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5473 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5474 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5475 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5476 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5477 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5478 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5479 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5480 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5481 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5482 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5483 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5484 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5485 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5486 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5487 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5488 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5489 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5490 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5491 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
5492 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
5494 /* add new features before the definition below */
5495 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5496 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5500 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5501 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5502 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5503 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5504 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5505 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5508 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5509 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5510 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5511 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5513 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5514 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5515 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5516 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5517 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5521 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5522 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5523 * handled by the AP is reached.
5524 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5526 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5527 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5528 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5532 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5534 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5535 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5536 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5537 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5539 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5540 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5541 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5542 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5543 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5547 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5549 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5550 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5553 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5554 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5555 * one of them can be used in the request.
5557 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5558 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5559 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5560 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5561 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5562 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5563 * when really needed
5564 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5565 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5566 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5567 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5568 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5569 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5570 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5571 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5572 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5573 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5574 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5575 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5576 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5577 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
5578 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5579 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5580 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5581 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5582 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5583 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5585 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5586 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5587 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5588 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5589 * impacted with this flag.
5590 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5591 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5592 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5593 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5594 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5595 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5596 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5597 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5598 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
5599 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
5601 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
5602 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
5603 * added by userspace explicitly.)
5605 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5606 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5607 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5608 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5609 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5610 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5611 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5612 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5613 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5614 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5615 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5616 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
5617 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
5618 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
5622 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5624 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5625 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5626 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5628 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5629 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5630 * in ACL to authenticate.
5631 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5632 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5634 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5635 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5636 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5640 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5642 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5644 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5645 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5646 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5647 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5649 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5651 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5652 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5654 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5655 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5659 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5661 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5662 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5664 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5666 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5667 * the channel is now available.
5668 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5669 * change to the channel status.
5670 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5671 * over, channel becomes usable.
5672 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5673 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5674 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5675 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5676 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5677 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
5679 enum nl80211_radar_event {
5680 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5681 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5682 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5683 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5684 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5685 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
5689 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5691 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5693 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5694 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5695 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5696 * is therefore marked as not available.
5697 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5699 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5701 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5702 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5706 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5707 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5708 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5709 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5710 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5711 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5713 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5714 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5718 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5720 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5721 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5722 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5723 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5724 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5726 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5727 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5728 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5729 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5730 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5731 /* add other protocols before this one */
5732 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5735 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5736 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5739 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5741 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5743 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5744 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
5745 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
5746 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
5747 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
5749 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5750 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5751 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
5755 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5756 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5757 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5759 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5762 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5763 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5764 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5765 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5766 * added to this file when needed.
5767 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5769 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5775 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5777 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5778 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5780 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5781 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5782 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5784 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5785 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5786 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5787 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5791 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5792 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5793 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5795 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5796 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5797 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5798 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5799 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5801 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5803 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5804 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5805 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5806 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5809 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5810 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5811 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5815 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5817 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5818 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5819 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5821 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5824 } __attribute__((packed));
5827 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5829 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5830 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5832 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5833 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5834 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5835 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5836 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5837 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5838 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5839 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5840 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5841 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5842 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5844 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5845 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5846 * which the driver shall use.
5848 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5849 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5850 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5851 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5852 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5855 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5856 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5860 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5862 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5864 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5865 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5866 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5868 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5869 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5870 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5871 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5874 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5875 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5879 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5881 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5883 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5884 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5886 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5887 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5888 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5892 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5894 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5896 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5897 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5898 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5900 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5901 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5902 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5903 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5906 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5907 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5908 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5911 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5912 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5913 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5914 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5915 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5916 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5917 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5918 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5919 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5920 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5921 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5922 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5923 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5924 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5925 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5926 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5927 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5928 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5929 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5930 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5931 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5932 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5934 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5935 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5936 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5937 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5938 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5939 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5940 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5941 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5942 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5943 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5944 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5945 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5946 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5947 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5949 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5950 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5952 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5953 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5954 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5955 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5956 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5957 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5958 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5959 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5960 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5961 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5962 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5963 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5964 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5965 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5966 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5967 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5968 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5969 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5972 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5973 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5977 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5978 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5979 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5981 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5982 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5983 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5984 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5985 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5986 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5987 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5988 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5989 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5991 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5992 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5993 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5995 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5996 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5999 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6000 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6004 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6005 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6006 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6007 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6008 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6009 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6010 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6011 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6013 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6014 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6016 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6017 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6018 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6019 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6022 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6023 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6027 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6028 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6029 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6030 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6032 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6033 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6034 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6038 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6039 * responder attributes
6040 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6041 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6042 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6043 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6044 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6045 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6046 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6047 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6048 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6049 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6051 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6052 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6054 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6055 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6056 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6059 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6060 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6064 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6066 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6067 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6069 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6070 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6071 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6072 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6073 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6074 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6075 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6076 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6077 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6078 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6079 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6080 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6081 * phase with the responder (u32)
6082 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6083 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6085 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6086 * scheduled window (u32)
6087 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6088 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6089 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6091 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6092 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6093 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6094 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6095 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6096 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6097 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6098 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6099 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6100 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6101 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6102 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6105 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6106 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6110 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6111 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6112 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6113 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6114 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6116 enum nl80211_preamble {
6117 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6118 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6119 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6120 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6124 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6125 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6126 * these numbers also for attributes
6128 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6130 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6131 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6133 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6134 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6136 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6138 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6139 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6143 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6144 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6145 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6146 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6147 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6148 * reason may be available in the response data
6150 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6151 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6152 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6153 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6154 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6158 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6159 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6161 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6162 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6163 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6164 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6167 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6168 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6170 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6171 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6173 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6174 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6177 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6178 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6182 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6183 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6185 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6186 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6187 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6188 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6189 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6190 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6191 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6192 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6193 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6194 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6195 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6197 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6198 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6199 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6201 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6203 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6204 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6206 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6207 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6209 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6210 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6211 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6212 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6213 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6214 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6217 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6218 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6222 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6223 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6225 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6226 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6227 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6228 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6229 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6230 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6231 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6232 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6233 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6235 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6236 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6238 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6239 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6241 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6242 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6243 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6244 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6247 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6248 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6252 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6253 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6255 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6256 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6257 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6258 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6259 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6260 * measurement results
6261 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6262 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6263 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6264 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6265 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6266 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6267 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6268 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6269 * sub-attributes taken from
6270 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6272 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6273 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6275 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6276 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6278 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6279 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6280 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6281 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6282 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6285 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6286 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6290 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6291 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6293 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6295 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6297 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6298 * data can be requested during the measurement
6299 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6300 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6301 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6302 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6303 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6304 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6305 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6306 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6307 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6308 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6309 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6311 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6312 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6314 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6315 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6317 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6318 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6320 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6321 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6322 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6323 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6324 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6325 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6326 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6327 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6330 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6331 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6335 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6336 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6338 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6339 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6340 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6341 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6342 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6343 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6344 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6345 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6346 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6347 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6348 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6349 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6350 * requested per burst
6351 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6352 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6354 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6355 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6358 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6359 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6361 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6362 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6364 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6365 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6366 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6367 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6368 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6369 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6370 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6371 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6372 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6375 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6376 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6380 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6381 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6382 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6383 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6384 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6385 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6386 * try and get no response)
6387 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6388 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6390 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6391 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6392 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6393 * by the peer and are no longer supported
6395 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6396 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6397 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6398 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6399 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6400 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6401 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6402 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6403 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6407 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6408 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6410 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6412 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6413 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6414 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6415 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6416 * transmitted (u32, optional)
6417 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6418 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6419 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6420 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
6421 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6422 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6423 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6424 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
6425 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6426 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6427 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6428 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6429 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6430 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6431 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6432 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6434 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6435 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6436 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6437 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6438 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6439 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6440 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6442 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6443 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6444 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6445 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6446 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6447 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6448 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6449 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6451 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6452 * (binary, optional);
6453 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6454 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6456 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6458 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6459 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6461 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6462 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6464 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6465 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6466 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6467 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6468 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6469 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6470 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6471 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6472 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
6473 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
6474 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6475 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
6476 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
6477 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
6478 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
6479 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
6480 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
6481 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
6482 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6483 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6484 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6487 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
6488 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
6491 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */